blob: 8a4c5a721e561ae4f3b2624a5227dabd117b03c0 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500206/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207/board Board dependent files
208/common Misc architecture independent functions
209/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400212/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500213/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215/include Header Files
216/lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220/net Networking code
221/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400222/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500223/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000225Software Configuration:
226=======================
227
228Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230
231There are two classes of configuration variables:
232
233* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_".
236
237* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000241
242Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246as an example here.
247
248
249Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250---------------------------------------------------
251
252For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200253configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256
257 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200258 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200260For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200261e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000262directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263
264
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600265Sandbox Environment:
266--------------------
267
268U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271run some of U-Boot's tests.
272
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530273See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600274
275
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000276Configuration Options:
277----------------------
278
279Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
280such information is kept in a configuration file
281"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
282
283Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
284"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
285
286
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000287Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
288kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
289build a config tool - later.
290
291
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000292The following options need to be configured:
293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200297
298- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100299 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000300
301- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
302 Define exactly one of
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
304--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
306 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
307
308- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
309 Define exactly one of
310 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
311
312- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
313 Define one or more of
314 CONFIG_CMA302
315
316- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
317 Define one or more of
318 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200319 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000320 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
321
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530322- Marvell Family Member
323 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
324 multiple fs option at one time
325 for marvell soc family
326
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200327- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000328 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
329 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
331 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000332 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
333 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000334
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000335- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
337 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000339 See doc/README.MPC866
340
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200341 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000342
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000343 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
344 of relying on the correctness of the configured
345 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
346 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
347 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200348 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100350 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
351
352 Define this option if you want to enable the
353 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
354
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600355- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000356 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
357
358 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
359 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
360 compliance, among other possible reasons.
361
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600362 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
363
364 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
365 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
366 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
367
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
369
370 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
371 tree nodes for the given platform.
372
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000373 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
374
375 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
376 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
377 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
378 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
379 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
380 purpose.
381
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
383
384 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
385 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
387
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
390
391 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
392 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
393
394 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
395 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
396 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
397 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
398
399 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
400 this erratum.
401
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530402 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
403 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800404 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530405
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530406 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
407 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800408 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530409
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
411
412 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
413 according to the A004510 workaround.
414
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
416 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
417 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
418
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
420 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
421 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
422
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530423 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
424 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
425 connected to the DSP core.
426
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530427 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
428 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
429
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530430 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
431 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
432 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
433 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
434
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530435 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
436 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
437 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
438
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800439 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800440 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800441 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
442
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000443- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700444 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
445 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
446 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
447 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
448 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
449
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000450 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
451
452 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
453 values is arch specific.
454
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
456 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
457 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
458 SoCs.
459
460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
461 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
464 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
465 deskew training are not available.
466
467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
468 Freescale DDR1 controller.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
471 Freescale DDR2 controller.
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
474 Freescale DDR3 controller.
475
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700476 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
477 Freescale DDR4 controller.
478
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
480 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
481
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700482 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
483 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
484 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
485 implemetation.
486
487 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
488 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
489 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
490 implementation.
491
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
493 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700494 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
495
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
497 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
498 DDR3L controllers.
499
500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
501 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
502 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700503
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530504 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
505 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
506
507 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
508 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
509
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
511 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
512 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
513
514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
515 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
516 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
517 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
518
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530519 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
520 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
521 concatenated with u-boot binary.
522
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800523 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
524 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
525
526 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
527 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
528
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
530 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
531 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
532 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
533
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800534 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
535 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
536 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
537 SoCs with ARM core.
538
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
540 Number of controllers used as main memory.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
543 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
544
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
546 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
547
548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
549 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
550
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100551- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200552 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100553
554 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
555 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
556 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
557
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200558 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200559
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100560 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
561 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200562 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100563 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200564
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200565- MIPS CPU options:
566 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
567
568 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
569 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
570 relocation.
571
572 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
573
574 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
575 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
576 Possible values are:
577 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
578 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
579 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
580 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
581 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
582 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
583 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
584 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
585
586 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
587
588 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
589 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
590
591 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
592
593 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
594 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
595 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
596
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000597- ARM options:
598 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
599
600 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
601 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
602
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000603 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
604
605 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
606 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
607 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
608 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
609 GCC.
610
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000611 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000612 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
613 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
614 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500615 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500616 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000617
618 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
619 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
620 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
621 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
622 set these options unless they apply!
623
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700624- Tegra SoC options:
625 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
626
627 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
628 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
629 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
630
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -0700631- Driver Model
632 Driver model is a new framework for devices in U-Boot
633 introduced in early 2014. U-Boot is being progressively
634 moved over to this. It offers a consistent device structure,
635 supports grouping devices into classes and has built-in
636 handling of platform data and device tree.
637
638 To enable transition to driver model in a relatively
639 painful fashion, each subsystem can be independently
640 switched between the legacy/ad-hoc approach and the new
641 driver model using the options below. Also, many uclass
642 interfaces include compatibility features which may be
643 removed once the conversion of that subsystem is complete.
644 As a result, the API provided by the subsystem may in fact
645 not change with driver model.
646
647 See doc/driver-model/README.txt for more information.
648
649 CONFIG_DM
650
651 Enable driver model. This brings in the core support,
652 including scanning of platform data on start-up. If
653 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is enabled, the device tree will be
654 scanned also when available.
655
656 CONFIG_CMD_DM
657
658 Enable driver model test commands. These allow you to print
659 out the driver model tree and the uclasses.
660
661 CONFIG_DM_DEMO
662
663 Enable some demo devices and the 'demo' command. These are
664 really only useful for playing around while trying to
665 understand driver model in sandbox.
666
667 CONFIG_SPL_DM
668
669 Enable driver model in SPL. You will need to provide a
670 suitable malloc() implementation. If you are not using the
671 full malloc() enabled by CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START,
672 consider using CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE. In that case you
673 must provide CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to set the size.
674 In most cases driver model will only allocate a few uclasses
675 and devices in SPL, so 1KB should be enable. See
676 CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for more details on how to enable
677 it.
678
679 CONFIG_DM_SERIAL
680
681 Enable driver model for serial. This replaces
682 drivers/serial/serial.c with the serial uclass, which
683 implements serial_putc() etc. The uclass interface is
684 defined in include/serial.h.
685
686 CONFIG_DM_GPIO
687
688 Enable driver model for GPIO access. The standard GPIO
689 interface (gpio_get_value(), etc.) is then implemented by
690 the GPIO uclass. Drivers provide methods to query the
691 particular GPIOs that they provide. The uclass interface
692 is defined in include/asm-generic/gpio.h.
693
694 CONFIG_DM_SPI
695
696 Enable driver model for SPI. The SPI slave interface
697 (spi_setup_slave(), spi_xfer(), etc.) is then implemented by
698 the SPI uclass. Drivers provide methods to access the SPI
699 buses that they control. The uclass interface is defined in
700 include/spi.h. The existing spi_slave structure is attached
701 as 'parent data' to every slave on each bus. Slaves
702 typically use driver-private data instead of extending the
703 spi_slave structure.
704
705 CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH
706
707 Enable driver model for SPI flash. This SPI flash interface
708 (spi_flash_probe(), spi_flash_write(), etc.) is then
709 implemented by the SPI flash uclass. There is one standard
710 SPI flash driver which knows how to probe most chips
711 supported by U-Boot. The uclass interface is defined in
712 include/spi_flash.h, but is currently fully compatible
713 with the old interface to avoid confusion and duplication
714 during the transition parent. SPI and SPI flash must be
715 enabled together (it is not possible to use driver model
716 for one and not the other).
717
718 CONFIG_DM_CROS_EC
719
720 Enable driver model for the Chrome OS EC interface. This
721 allows the cros_ec SPI driver to operate with CONFIG_DM_SPI
722 but otherwise makes few changes. Since cros_ec also supports
723 I2C and LPC (which don't support driver model yet), a full
724 conversion is not yet possible.
725
726
727 ** Code size options: The following options are enabled by
728 default except in SPL. Enable them explicitly to get these
729 features in SPL.
730
731 CONFIG_DM_WARN
732
733 Enable the dm_warn() function. This can use up quite a bit
734 of space for its strings.
735
736 CONFIG_DM_STDIO
737
738 Enable registering a serial device with the stdio library.
739
740 CONFIG_DM_DEVICE_REMOVE
741
742 Enable removing of devices.
743
744
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000745- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000746 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
747
748 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
749 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
750 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
751 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
752 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
753 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
754 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000755 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100756 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000757 default environment.
758
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000759 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
760
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800761 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000762 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
763 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
764
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400765 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200766
767 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400768 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
769 concepts).
770
771 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
772 * New libfdt-based support
773 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500774 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400775
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200776 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
777 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
778 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
779 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200780 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600781 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200782
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200783 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
784 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500785
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600786 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
787
788 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
789 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000790
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600791 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
792
793 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
794 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
795 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
796 the kernel.
797
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500798 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
799
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200800 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500801 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
802
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200803 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
804
805 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
806 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
807 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
808 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
809 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
810 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
811
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000812 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
813
814 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
815 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
816 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
817 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
818 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
819 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
820 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
821
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100822- vxWorks boot parameters:
823
824 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
825 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
826 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
827
828 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
829 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
830 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
831 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
832
833 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
834
835 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
836
837 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
838 the defaults discussed just above.
839
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000840- Cache Configuration:
841 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
842 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
843 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
844
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000845- Cache Configuration for ARM:
846 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
847 controller
848 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
849 controller register space
850
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000851- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200852 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000853
854 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
855
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200856 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000857
858 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
859
860 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
861
862 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
863 the clock speed of the UARTs.
864
865 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
866
867 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
868 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
869 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
870
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000871 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
872
873 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
874 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
875 this variable to initialize the extra register.
876
877 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
878
879 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
880 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
881 variable to flush the UART at init time.
882
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400883 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
884
885 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
886 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000887
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000888- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000889 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
890 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
891 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
892 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893
894 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
895 port routines must be defined elsewhere
896 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
897
898 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
899 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000900 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000901 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
902 (default big endian)
903 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
904 rectangle fill
905 (cf. smiLynxEM)
906 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
907 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
908 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
909 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000910 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
911 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000912 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
913 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000914 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000915 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
916 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
917 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
918 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
919 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
920 (i.e. i8042_getc)
921 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
922 (requires blink timer
923 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200924 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000925 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
926 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500927 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000928 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
929 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000930 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
931 linux_logo.h for logo.
932 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000933 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200934 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000935 the logo
936
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000937 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
938 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
939 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
940
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000941 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
942 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
943 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000944
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000945 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
946 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
947 the "silent" environment variable. See
948 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000949
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200950 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
951 is 0x00.
952 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
953 is 0xa0.
954
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000955- Console Baudrate:
956 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
957 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200958 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
959 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000960
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100961- Console Rx buffer length
962 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
963 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100964 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100965 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
966 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
967 the SMC.
968
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000969- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200970 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
971 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
972 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
973 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
974 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
975 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
976 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200977 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200978 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000979
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200980 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
981 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000982
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000983- Safe printf() functions
984 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
985 the printf() functions. These are defined in
986 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
987 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
988 If this option is not given then these functions will
989 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
990 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
991
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000992- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
993 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
994 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000995 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
996 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997
998 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
999 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
1000 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
1001 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
1002 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
1003 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
1004 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
1005 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
1006 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
1007 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
1008 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
1009 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
1010
1011- Autoboot Command:
1012 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
1013 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
1014 define a command string that is automatically executed
1015 when no character is read on the console interface
1016 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
1017
1018 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001019 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
1020 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
1021 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001022
1023 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001024 The value of these goes into the environment as
1025 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
1026 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001027 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001028
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +01001029- Bootcount:
1030 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
1031 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
1032 cycle, see:
1033 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
1034
1035 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
1036 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
1037 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
1038 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
1039 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
1040 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
1041 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
1042 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
1043 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
1044
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001045- Pre-Boot Commands:
1046 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1047
1048 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1049 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1050 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1051 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1052 entering interactive mode.
1053
1054 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1055 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1056 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1057 modified when the user holds down a certain
1058 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1059 booting the systems
1060
1061- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1062 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1063 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1064 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1065 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1066 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1067 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1068 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1069
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001070- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001071 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1072 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001073 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001074
1075- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001076 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1077 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +00001078 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
1079 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001080 and augmenting with additional #define's
1081 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001082
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001083 The default command configuration includes all commands
1084 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001085
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +01001086 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001087 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001088 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1089 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1090 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1091 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1092 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -04001093 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001094 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -08001095 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001096 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -05001097 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001098 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1099 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1100 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -06001101 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1102 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1103 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1104 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001105 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1106 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -05001107 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001108 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1109 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -06001110 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -06001111 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -05001112 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001113 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001114 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1115 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -07001116 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1117 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +01001118 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001119 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001120 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001121 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001122 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1123 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001124 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001125 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001126 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001127 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001128 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001129 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1130 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1131 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1132 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001133 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001134 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001135 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001136 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001137 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001138 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001139 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1140 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1141 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1142 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001143 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001144 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1145 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001146 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1147 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001148 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001149 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001150 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001151 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001152 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001153 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001154 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1155 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1156 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001157 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001158 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1159 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001160 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001161 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001162 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001163 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1164 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1165 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1166 host
1167 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001168 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001169 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1170 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001171 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001172 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1173 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1174 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1175 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1176 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1177 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001178 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001179 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001180 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001181 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001182 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001183 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001184 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001185 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001186 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1187 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001188 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001189 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001190 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001191 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001192 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001193
1194 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1195 support you can write:
1196
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001197 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1198 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001199
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001200 Other Commands:
1201 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001202
1203 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001204 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001205 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1206 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1207 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1208 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1209 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1210 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001211
1212
1213 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1214
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001215- Regular expression support:
1216 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001217 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1218 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1219 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1220 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001221
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001222- Device tree:
1223 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1224 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1225 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1226 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1227 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1228 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1229
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001230 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1231 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001232
1233 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1234 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1235 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1236 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1237 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1238 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001239
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001240 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1241 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1242 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1243 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1244
1245 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1246
1247 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1248 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1249 still use the individual files if you need something more
1250 exotic.
1251
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001252- Watchdog:
1253 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1254 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001255 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1256 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1257 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1258 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1259 available, then no further board specific code should
1260 be needed to use it.
1261
1262 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1263 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1264 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1265 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001266
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001267 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1268 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1269
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001270- U-Boot Version:
1271 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1272 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1273 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1274 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001275 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1276 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001278- Real-Time Clock:
1279
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001280 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001281 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1282 following options:
1283
1284 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1285 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001286 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001287 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001288 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001289 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001290 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001291 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001292 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001293 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001294 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001295 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001296 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1297 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001298
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001299 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1300 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1301
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001302- GPIO Support:
1303 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001304
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001305 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1306 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1307 pins supported by a particular chip.
1308
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001309 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1310 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1311
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001312- I/O tracing:
1313 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1314 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1315 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1316 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1317 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1318 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1319 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1320 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1321
1322 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1323 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1324 still continue to operate.
1325
1326 iotrace is enabled
1327 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1328 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1329 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1330 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1331 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1332 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1333
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001334- Timestamp Support:
1335
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001336 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1337 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1338 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001339 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001340
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001341- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1342 Zero or more of the following:
1343 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1344 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1345 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1346 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1347 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1348 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1349 disk/part_efi.c
1350 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001351
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001352 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1353 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001354 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001355
1356- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001357 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1358 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001359
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001360 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1361 be performed by calling the function
1362 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1363 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001364
1365- ATAPI Support:
1366 CONFIG_ATAPI
1367
1368 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1369
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001370- LBA48 Support
1371 CONFIG_LBA48
1372
1373 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001374 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001375 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1376 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1377
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001378 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001379 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1380 Default is 32bit.
1381
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001382- SCSI Support:
1383 At the moment only there is only support for the
1384 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1385 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1386
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001387 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1388 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1389 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001390 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1391 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001392 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001393
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001394 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1395 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001396
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001397- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001398 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001399 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1400
1401 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1402 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1403 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1404 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1405
1406 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1407 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1408 example with the "sspi" command.
1409
1410 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1411 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1412 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001413
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001414 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001415 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001416
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001417 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1418 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001419 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001420 write routine for first time initialisation.
1421
1422 CONFIG_TULIP
1423 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1424 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1425 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1426
1427 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1428 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1429
1430 CONFIG_NS8382X
1431 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1432
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001433- NETWORK Support (other):
1434
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001435 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1436 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1437
1438 CONFIG_RMII
1439 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1440
1441 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1442 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1443 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1444
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001445 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1446 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1447
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001448 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001449 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1450
1451 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1452 Define this to hold the physical address
1453 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1454
1455 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1456 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1457
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001458 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001459 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1460
1461 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1462 Define this to hold the physical address
1463 of the device (I/O space)
1464
1465 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1466 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1467
1468 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1469 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1470 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1471
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001472 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1473 Support for davinci emac
1474
1475 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1476 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1477
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001478 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1479 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1480
1481 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1482 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1483 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1484 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1485 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1486 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1487 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1488 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1489
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001490 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001491 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1492
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001493 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001494 Define this to hold the physical address
1495 of the device (I/O space)
1496
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001497 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001498 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1499
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001500 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001501 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1502 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001503 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001504
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001505 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1506 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1507
1508 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1509 Define the number of ports to be used
1510
1511 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1512 Define the ETH PHY's address
1513
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001514 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1515 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1516
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001517- PWM Support:
1518 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1519 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1520
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001521- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001522 CONFIG_TPM
1523 Support TPM devices.
1524
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001525 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1526 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1527 per system is supported at this time.
1528
1529 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1530 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1531
1532 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1533 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1534
1535 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1536 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1537
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001538 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1539 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1540
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001541 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001542 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1543 per system is supported at this time.
1544
1545 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1546 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1547 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1548 0xfed40000.
1549
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001550 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1551 Add tpm monitor functions.
1552 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1553 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1554
1555 CONFIG_TPM
1556 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1557 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1558 Requires support for a TPM device.
1559
1560 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1561 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1562 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1563
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001564- USB Support:
1565 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001566 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001567 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1568 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001569 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001570 storage devices.
1571 Note:
1572 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1573 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001574 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1575 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1576 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001577 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1578 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001579 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1580 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1581 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001582 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1583 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001584 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001585 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1586 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001587
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001588 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1589 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1590
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001591 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1592 HW module registers.
1593
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001594- USB Device:
1595 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1596 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1597 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001598 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001599 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1600 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001601 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001602 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1603 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1604 a Linux host by
1605 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1606 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1607 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1608 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001609
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001610 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1611 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001612
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001613 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1614 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1615 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001616
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301617 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1618 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1619 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1620 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1621 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1622 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1623 speed.
1624
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001625 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001626 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1627 be set to usbtty.
1628
1629 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001630 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001631 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001632 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001633
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001634 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001635 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001636 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001637
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001638 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001639 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001640 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001641 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1642 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1643 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1644
1645 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1646 Define this string as the name of your company for
1647 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001648
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001649 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1650 Define this string as the name of your product
1651 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1652
1653 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1654 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1655 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1656 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1657 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001658
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001659 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1660 Define this as the unique Product ID
1661 for your device
1662 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001663
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001664- ULPI Layer Support:
1665 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1666 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1667 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1668 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1669 viewport is supported.
1670 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1671 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001672 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1673 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1674 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001675
1676- MMC Support:
1677 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1678 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1679 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1680 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001681 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1682 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001683
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001684 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1685 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1686
1687 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1688 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1689
1690 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1691 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1692
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001693 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1694 Enable the generic MMC driver
1695
1696 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1697 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1698
1699 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1700 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1701 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1702
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001703- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1704 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1705 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1706
1707 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1708 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1709 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1710 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1711 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1712
1713 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1714 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1715
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001716 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1717 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1718
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301719 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1720 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1721 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1722 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1723 one that would help mostly the developer.
1724
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001725 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1726 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1727 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1728 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1729 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1730
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001731 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1732 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1733 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1734 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1735 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1736 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1737
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001738 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1739 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1740 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1741 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1742
1743 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1744 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1745 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1746 sending again an USB request to the device.
1747
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001748- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1749 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1750 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1751 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1752 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1753 used on Android devices.
1754 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1755
1756 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1757 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1758 image format header.
1759
1760 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1761 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1762 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1763 downloaded images.
1764
1765 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1766 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1767 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1768 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1769
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001770 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1771 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1772 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1773 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1774
1775 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1776 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1777 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1778 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1779
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001780 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1781 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1782 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1783 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1784 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1785 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1786 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1787 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1788
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001789- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1790 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1791 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1792 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001794 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1795 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001796 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1797
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001798 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001799 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1800 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1801
1802 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001803 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001804 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1805 have not defined a custom partition
1806
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001807- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1808 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001809
1810 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1811 file in FAT formatted partition.
1812
1813 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1814 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001815
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001816CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1817 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1818
1819 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1820 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1821 and cbfsload.
1822
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301823- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1824 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1825
1826 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1827 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1828
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001829- Keyboard Support:
1830 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1831
1832 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1833 support
1834
1835 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1836 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1837 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1838 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1839 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1840
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001841 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1842 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1843 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1844 which provides key scans on request.
1845
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001846- Video support:
1847 CONFIG_VIDEO
1848
1849 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1850 video).
1851
1852 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1853
1854 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1855
1856 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001857 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001858 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1859 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1860 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001861
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001862 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001863 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001864 are possible:
1865 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001866 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001867
1868 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1869 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1870 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1871 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1872 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1873 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1874 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001875 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1876
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001877 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001878 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001879
1880
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001881 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001882 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001883 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1884 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1885
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001886 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001887 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001888 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1889 support, and should also define these other macros:
1890
1891 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1892 CONFIG_VIDEO
1893 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1894 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1895 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1896 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1897 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1898 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1899
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001900 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1901 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1902 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1903 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001904
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001905 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1906
1907 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1908 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1909 driver.
1910
1911
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001912- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001913 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001914
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001915 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1916 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1917 defined in your board-specific files.
1918 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001919
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001920- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1921
1922 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1923 display); also select one of the supported displays
1924 by defining one of these:
1925
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001926 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1927
1928 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1929
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001930 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001931
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001932 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001933
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001934 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001935
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001936 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1937 Active, color, single scan.
1938
1939 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1940
1941 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001942 Active, color, single scan.
1943
1944 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1945
1946 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1947 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1948
1949 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1950
1951 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1952 Active, color, single scan.
1953
1954 CONFIG_HLD1045
1955
1956 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1957 Active, color, single scan.
1958
1959 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1960
1961 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1962 or
1963 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1964 or
1965 Hitachi SP14Q002
1966
1967 320x240. Black & white.
1968
1969 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001970 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001971
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001972 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1973
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001974 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001975 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1976 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1977 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1978 a per-section basis.
1979
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001980 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1981
1982 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1983 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1984 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1985 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001986
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001987 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1988
1989 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1990
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001991 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1992
1993 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1994 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1995
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001996- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001997
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001998 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1999 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
2000 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00002001 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002002 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
2003 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
2004 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
2005 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00002006
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00002007 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
2008
2009 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
2010 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05002011 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00002012 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
2013 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
2014 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
2015 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
2016 there is no need to set this option.
2017
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02002018 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
2019
2020 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
2021 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
2022 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
2023 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
2024 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
2025 specify 'm' for centering the image.
2026
2027 Example:
2028 setenv splashpos m,m
2029 => image at center of screen
2030
2031 setenv splashpos 30,20
2032 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
2033
2034 setenv splashpos -10,m
2035 => vertically centered image
2036 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
2037
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02002038- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2039
2040 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2041 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2042 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2043
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01002044- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2045
2046 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2047 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2048 bmp command.
2049
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002050- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00002051 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2052
2053 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2054 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2055
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002056- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002057 CONFIG_GZIP
2058
2059 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2060
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002061 CONFIG_BZIP2
2062
2063 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2064 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2065 compressed images are supported.
2066
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002067 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002068 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002069 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00002070
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002071 CONFIG_LZMA
2072
2073 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2074 images is included.
2075
2076 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2077 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2078 formula:
2079
2080 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2081
2082 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2083 and Literal pos bits.
2084
2085 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2086 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2087 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2088 a very small buffer.
2089
2090 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2091 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002092 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002093
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002094 CONFIG_LZO
2095
2096 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2097 is included.
2098
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002099- MII/PHY support:
2100 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2101
2102 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2103
2104 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2105
2106 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2107
2108 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2109
2110 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002111 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002112
2113 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2114
2115 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2116 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2117 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2118 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2119
2120 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2121
2122 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2123 command issued before MII status register can be read
2124
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002125- Ethernet address:
2126 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04002127 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002128 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
2129 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04002130 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
2131 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002132
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002133 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
2134 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002135 is not determined automatically.
2136
2137- IP address:
2138 CONFIG_IPADDR
2139
2140 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002141 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002142 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002143 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002144
2145- Server IP address:
2146 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2147
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002148 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002149 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002150 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002151
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002152 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2153
2154 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2155 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2156
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002157- Gateway IP address:
2158 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2159
2160 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2161 default router where packets to other networks are
2162 sent to.
2163 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2164
2165- Subnet mask:
2166 CONFIG_NETMASK
2167
2168 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2169 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2170 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2171 forwarded through a router.
2172 (Environment variable "netmask")
2173
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002174- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2175 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2176
2177 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2178 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002179 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002180 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2181 multicast group.
2182
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002183- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2184 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2185
2186 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2187 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2188 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2189 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2190 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2191 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2192 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2193 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002194 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002195
2196 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2197 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2198 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2199 4th and following
2200 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2201
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002202 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2203
2204 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2205 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2206 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2207 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2208 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2209 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2210 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2211 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2212 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2213 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2214 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2215 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2216 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2217 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2218 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2219
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002220- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002221 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2222 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002223
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002224 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2225 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2226 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2227 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2228 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2229 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2230 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2231 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2232 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2233 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2234 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2235 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002236 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002237
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002238 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2239 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002240
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002241 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2242 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2243 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2244 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2245 is not available.
2246
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002247 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2248 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2249 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2250 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2251 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2252 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2253 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002254 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002255
2256 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2257 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2258 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002259 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002260 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2261 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002262
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002263 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2264
2265 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2266 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2267 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2268 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2269 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2270 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2271 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2272 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2273 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2274 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2275 this delay.
2276
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002277 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2278 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2279 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2280 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2281 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2282
2283 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2284
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002285 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002286 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002287
2288 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2289
2290 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2291
2292 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2293 of the device.
2294
2295 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2296
2297 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2298 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002299 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002300
2301 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2302
2303 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2304 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2305
2306 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2307
2308 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2309
2310 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2311
2312 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2313
2314 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2315
2316 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2317
2318 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2319
2320 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2321 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2322
2323 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2324
2325 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2326
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002327- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2328
2329 Several configurations allow to display the current
2330 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2331 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2332 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2333 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2334 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2335 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2336 feature in U-Boot.
2337
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002338 Additional options:
2339
2340 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2341 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2342 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2343 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2344 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2345
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002346 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2347 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2348 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2349 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2350 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2351 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2352
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002353- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2354
2355 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2356 on those systems that support this (optional)
2357 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2358
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002359- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002360
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002361 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2362 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2363 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2364 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2365 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2366 interface.
2367
2368 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002369 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2370 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2371 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2372 for defining speed and slave address
2373 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2374 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2375 for defining speed and slave address
2376 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2377 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2378 for defining speed and slave address
2379 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2380 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2381 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002382
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002383 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2384 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2385 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2386 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2388 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002389 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002390 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2391 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2393 second bus.
2394
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002395 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002396 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2397 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2398 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002399
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002400 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2401 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2402 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2403 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2404
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002405 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2406 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2407 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2408 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2409 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2410 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2411 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2412 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002413 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002414 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2415
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002416 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2417 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2418 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2419
2420 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2421 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2422 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2423 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2424 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2425 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2426 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2427 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2428 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2429
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002430 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2431 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2432 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2433
2434 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2435 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2436 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2437 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2438 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2439 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2440 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2441 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2442 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2443 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2444 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2445 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002446 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002447
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002448 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2449 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2450 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2451 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2452 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2453 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2454 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2455 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2456 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2457 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2458 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2459 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2460
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002461 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2462 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2463 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2464 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2465
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302466 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2467 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2468 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2469 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2470 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2471
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002472 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2473 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2474 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2475 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2476 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2477 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2478 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2479 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2480 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2481 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2482 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2483 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2484 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2485 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2486
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002487 additional defines:
2488
2489 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002490 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002491 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2492 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2493 omit this define.
2494
2495 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2496 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2497 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2498 omit this define.
2499
2500 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2501 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2502 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2503 define.
2504
2505 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002506 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002507 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2508 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2509 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2510
2511 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2512 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2513 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2514 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2515 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2516 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2517 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2518 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2519 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2520 }
2521
2522 which defines
2523 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002524 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2525 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2526 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2527 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2528 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002529 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002530 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2531 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002532
2533 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2534
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002535- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002536
2537 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2538 provides the following compelling advantages:
2539
2540 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2541 - approved multibus support
2542 - better i2c mux support
2543
2544 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2545
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002546 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2547 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2548 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002549
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002550 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002551 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002552 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2553 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002554 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002555
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002556 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002557
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002558 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002559 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002560
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002561 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002562 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002563 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002564 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002565
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002566 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002567 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002568 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2569 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2570 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002571
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002572 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2573
2574 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2575 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2576 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2577 commands until the slave device responds.
2578
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002579 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002580
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002581 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002582 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2583 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002584
2585 I2C_INIT
2586
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002587 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002588 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002589
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002590 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002591
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002592 I2C_PORT
2593
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002594 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2595 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2596 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002597
2598 I2C_ACTIVE
2599
2600 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2601 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2602 define can be null.
2603
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002604 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2605
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002606 I2C_TRISTATE
2607
2608 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2609 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2610 define can be null.
2611
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002612 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2613
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002614 I2C_READ
2615
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002616 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2617 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002618
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002619 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2620
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002621 I2C_SDA(bit)
2622
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002623 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2624 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002625
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002626 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002627 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002628 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002629
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002630 I2C_SCL(bit)
2631
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002632 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2633 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002634
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002635 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002636 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002637 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002638
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002639 I2C_DELAY
2640
2641 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2642 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002643 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002644 like:
2645
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002646 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002647
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002648 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2649
2650 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2651 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2652 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2653 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2654
2655 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2656 the generic GPIO functions.
2657
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002658 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002659
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002660 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2661 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2662 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2663 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2664 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2665 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2666 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2667 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002668
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002669 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2670
2671 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2672 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2673 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2674 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2675 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2676 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2677 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2678 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2679
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002680 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2681
2682 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2683 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2684 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2685
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002686 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2687
2688 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002689 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2690 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002691 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2692
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002693 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002694
2695 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002696 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002697 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2698 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002699
2700 e.g.
2701 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002702 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002703
2704 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2705
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002706 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002707 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002708
2709 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2710
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002711 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002712
2713 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2714 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2715
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002716 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002717
2718 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2719 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2720
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002721 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002722
2723 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2724 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2725
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002726 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002727
2728 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2729 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2730 specified DTT device.
2731
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002732 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2733
2734 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2735 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2736 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2737 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2738 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2739 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2740 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002741
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002742- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2743
2744 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2745 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2746 D/As on the SACSng board)
2747
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002748 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2749
2750 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2751 only SH7757 is supported.
2752
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002753 CONFIG_SPI_X
2754
2755 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2756 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2757
2758 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2759
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002760 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2761 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2762 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2763 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2764 defined, the board configuration must define several
2765 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2766 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002767
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002768 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2769
2770 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2771 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2772 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002773 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002774 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2775
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002776 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2777
2778 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002779 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002780
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002781 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2782 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2783 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2784
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002785- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2786
2787 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2788
2789 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2790
2791 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2792 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2793
2794 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2795
2796 Enables support for FPGA family.
2797 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2798
2799 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002800
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002801 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302803 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2804
2805 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2806
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002807 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2808
2809 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2810
2811 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2812
2813 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2814 (Xilinx only)
2815
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002816 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002817
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002818 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002820 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002821
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002822 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2823 status by the configuration function. This option
2824 will require a board or device specific function to
2825 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826
2827 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2828
2829 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2830 configuration driver.
2831
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002832 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002833 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002835 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002836
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002837 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2838 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2839 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2840 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002842 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002843
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002844 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2845 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002846 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002847 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002849 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002850
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002851 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002852 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002853
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002854 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002855
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002856 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002857 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002858
2859- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002860 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2861
2862 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2863 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2864 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2865 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2866 make / MAKEALL.
2867
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002868 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2869
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002870 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2871 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002872
2873- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2874
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002875 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2876 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002877 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002878 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2879 protects these variables from casual modification by
2880 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2881 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002882 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002883
2884 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2885 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002886 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002887 these parameters.
2888
2889 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2890 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002891 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002892 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2893 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2894 read-only.]
2895
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002896 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2897 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2898 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2899 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2900
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002901- Protected RAM:
2902 CONFIG_PRAM
2903
2904 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2905 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2906 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2907 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2908 this default value by defining an environment
2909 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2910 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2911 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2912 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2913 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2914 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2915 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2916
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002917 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002918 saveenv
2919
2920 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2921 either, which results in a memory region that will
2922 not be affected by reboots.
2923
2924 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2925 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2926 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2927 following board configurations are known to be
2928 "pRAM-clean":
2929
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002930 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2931 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002932 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002933
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002934- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2935 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2936 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2937 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2938 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2939 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2940 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2941
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002942- Error Recovery:
2943 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2944
2945 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2946 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2947 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002948 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002949 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2950 useful during development since you can try to debug
2951 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2952
2953 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2954
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002955 This variable defines the number of retries for
2956 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2957 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2958 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002959
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002960 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2961
2962 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2963
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002964 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2965
2966 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2967 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2968 try longer timeout such as
2969 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2970
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002971- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002972 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002973
2974 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2975
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002976 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002977
2978 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2979 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2980 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2981
2982 Note:
2983
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002984 In the current implementation, the local variables
2985 space and global environment variables space are
2986 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2987 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2988 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2989 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2990 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002991
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002992 Global environment variables are those you use
2993 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2994 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2995 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002996
2997 To store commands and special characters in a
2998 variable, please use double quotation marks
2999 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
3000 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
3001 symbols.
3002
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003003- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02003004 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
3005
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003006 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003007 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02003008
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003009- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003010 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
3011
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003012 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
3013 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003014 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00003015
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003016 For example, place something like this in your
3017 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003018
3019 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
3020 "myvar1=value1\0" \
3021 "myvar2=value2\0"
3022
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003023 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
3024 internal format how the environment is stored by the
3025 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
3026 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003027 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003028 You better know what you are doing here.
3029
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003030 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
3031 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003032 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003033 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003034
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00003035 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
3036
3037 Define this in order to add variables describing the
3038 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
3039 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
3040
3041 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
3042
3043 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
3044 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3045 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3046 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3047 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3048
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00003049 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3050
3051 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3052 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3053 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3054
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003055 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3056
3057 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003058 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003059 that so that the environment is not available until
3060 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3061 this is instead controlled by the value of
3062 /config/load-environment.
3063
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003064- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003065 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3066
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003067 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3068 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3069 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003070
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07003071- Serial Flash support
3072 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3073
3074 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3075 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3076
3077 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3078 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3079 commands.
3080
3081 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3082 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3083 flash is present on the system.
3084
3085 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3086 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3087 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3088 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3089
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003090 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3091
3092 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3093 test ('sf test').
3094
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05303095 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
3096
3097 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
3098 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
3099
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303100 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3101
3102 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3103 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003104 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303105
Heiko Schocher562f8df2014-07-18 06:07:21 +02003106 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_ST_ENABLE_WP_PIN
3107 enable the W#/Vpp signal to disable writing to the status
3108 register on ST MICRON flashes like the N25Q128.
3109 The status register write enable/disable bit, combined with
3110 the W#/VPP signal provides hardware data protection for the
3111 device as follows: When the enable/disable bit is set to 1,
3112 and the W#/VPP signal is driven LOW, the status register
3113 nonvolatile bits become read-only and the WRITE STATUS REGISTER
3114 operation will not execute. The only way to exit this
3115 hardware-protected mode is to drive W#/VPP HIGH.
3116
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003117- SystemACE Support:
3118 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3119
3120 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3121 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003122 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003123 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003124
3125 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003126 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003127
3128 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3129 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3130
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003131- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3132 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3133
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003134 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003135 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003136 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003137 number generator is used.
3138
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003139 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3140 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3141 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3142
3143 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003144 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3145 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3146 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3147 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3148 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3149 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3150
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003151- Hashing support:
3152 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3153
3154 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3155 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3156
3157 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3158
3159 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3160 size a little.
3161
3162 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
3163 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
3164
3165 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3166 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3167
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003168- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3169 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3170 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3171 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3172
3173 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3174 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3175 a boot from specific media.
3176
3177 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3178 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3179 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3180 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3181 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3182
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003183- Signing support:
3184 CONFIG_RSA
3185
3186 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003187 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003188
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303189 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3190 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3191 library to function.
3192
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003193 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303194 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3195 mkimage irrespective of this option.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003196
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003197- bootcount support:
3198 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3199
3200 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3201 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3202
3203 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3204 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3205 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3206 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3207 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3208 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3209 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3210 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3211 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3212 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3213 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3214 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3215 the bootcounter.
3216 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003217
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003218- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003219 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3220
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003221 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3222 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3223 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3224 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3225 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3226 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003227
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00003228- Detailed boot stage timing
3229 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3230 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3231 of the boot process.
3232
3233 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3234 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3235 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3236 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3237 the limit, recording will stop.
3238
3239 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3240 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3241
3242 Timer summary in microseconds:
3243 Mark Elapsed Stage
3244 0 0 reset
3245 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3246 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3247 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3248 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3249 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3250 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3251 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3252
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00003253 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3254 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3255 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3256
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003257 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3258 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3259 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3260 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3261 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3262 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3263 For example:
3264
3265 bootstage {
3266 154 {
3267 name = "board_init_f";
3268 mark = <3575678>;
3269 };
3270 170 {
3271 name = "lcd";
3272 accum = <33482>;
3273 };
3274 };
3275
3276 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3277
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003278Legacy uImage format:
3279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003280 Arg Where When
3281 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003282 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003283 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003284 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003285 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003286 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003287 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3288 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3289 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003290 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003291 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3292 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3293 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3294 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003295 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003296 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003297
3298 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3299 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3300 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3301 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3302 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3303 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3304 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003305 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003306 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3307 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3308
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003309 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003310
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003311 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003312 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3313 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003314
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003315 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3316 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3317 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3318 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3319 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3320 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3321 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3322 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3323 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3324 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3325 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3326 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3327 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3328 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3329 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3330 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3331 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3332 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3333 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3334 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3335 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3336 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3337 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3338 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3339 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3340 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3341 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3342 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3343 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3344 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3345 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3346 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3347 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3348 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3349 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3350 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3351 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3352 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3353 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3354 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3355 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3356 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3357 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3358 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3359 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3360 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3361 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003362
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003363 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003364
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003365 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003366 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3367 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003368
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003369 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3370 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003371 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003372 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3373 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3374 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003375 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3376 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003377 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003378
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003379FIT uImage format:
3380
3381 Arg Where When
3382 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3383 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3384 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3385 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3386 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3387 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003388 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003389 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3390 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3391 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3392 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3393 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003394 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3395 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003396 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3397 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3398 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3399 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3400 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3401 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3402 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3403 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3404
3405 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3406 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3407 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003408 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003409 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3410 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3411 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3412 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3413 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3414 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3415 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3416 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3417 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3418 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3419 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3420 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3421
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003422 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003423 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3424
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003425 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003426 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3427
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003428 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003429 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3430
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003431- legacy image format:
3432 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3433 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3434
3435 Default:
3436 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3437
3438 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3439 disable the legacy image format
3440
3441 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3442 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3443
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003444- FIT image support:
3445 CONFIG_FIT
3446 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3447
3448 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3449 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3450 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3451 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3452 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3453 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3454
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003455 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3456 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3457 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3458 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3459
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003460 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3461 signature check the legacy image format is default
3462 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3463 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3464
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003465 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3466 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3467 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3468 with this option.
3469
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003470- Standalone program support:
3471 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3472
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003473 This option defines a board specific value for the
3474 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3475 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003476 settings.
3477
3478- Frame Buffer Address:
3479 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3480
3481 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003482 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3483 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3484 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3485 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3486 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3487 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3488 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003489
3490 Please see board_init_f function.
3491
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003492- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3493 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3494 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3495 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3496
3497 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3498 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3499
3500- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3501 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3502
3503 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3504 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3505
3506 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3507
3508 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3509 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3510
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003511 CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
3512 verify if the written data is correct reread.
3513
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003514- UBI support
3515 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3516
3517 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3518 with the UBI flash translation layer
3519
3520 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3521
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003522 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3523
3524 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3525 warnings and errors enabled.
3526
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003527
3528 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3529 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3530 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3531 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3532 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3533 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3534
3535 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3536 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3537 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3538 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3539 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3540
3541 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003542
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003543 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3544 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3545 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3546 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3547 flash), this value is ignored.
3548
3549 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3550 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3551 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3552 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3553 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3554 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3555
3556 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3557 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3558 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3559 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3560 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3561 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3562 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3563 partition.
3564
3565 default: 20
3566
3567 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3568 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3569 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3570 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3571 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3572 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3573 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3574 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3575 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3576 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3577 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3578 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3579
3580 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3581 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3582 without a fastmap.
3583 default: 0
3584
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003585- UBIFS support
3586 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3587
3588 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3589 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3590
3591 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3592
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003593 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3594
3595 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3596 warnings and errors enabled.
3597
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003598- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003599 CONFIG_SPL
3600 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003601
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003602 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3603 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3604
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003605 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3606 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3607 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3608 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003609 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003610 must not be both defined at the same time.
3611
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003612 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003613 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3614 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3615 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3616 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003617
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003618 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3619 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003620
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003621 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3622 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3623 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3624
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003625 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3626 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3627
3628 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003629 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3630 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3631 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003632 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003633 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003634
3635 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3636 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3637
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003638 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3639 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3640 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3641 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3642
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003643 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3644 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3645
3646 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3647 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003648
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003649 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3650 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3651 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3652 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3653
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003654 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3655 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3656 See also: doc/README.falcon
3657
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003658 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3659 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3660 about the running system.
3661
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003662 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3663 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3664
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003665 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3666 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003667
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003668 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3669 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003670
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003671 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3672 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003673
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003674 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3675 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003676
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003677 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3678 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003679
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003680 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3681 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003682 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003683 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3684
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003685 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3686 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3687 used in raw mode
3688
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003689 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3690 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3691 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3692
3693 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3694 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3695 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3696 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3697 (for falcon mode)
3698
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003699 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3700 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3701 used in fs mode
3702
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003703 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3704 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3705
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003706 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3707 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003708
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003709 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3710 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3711
3712 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003713 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003714 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003715
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003716 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003717 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003718 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003719
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003720 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3721 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3722 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3723 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3724 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3725
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303726 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3727 Avoid SPL relocation
3728
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003729 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3730 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3731 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3732
3733 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3734 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3735
3736 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3737 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3738
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003739 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003740 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3741 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003742
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003743 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3744 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3745 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3746
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003747 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3748 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3749 if you need to save space.
3750
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003751 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3752 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003753 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003754
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003755 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3756 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3757 SPL binary.
3758
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003759 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3760 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3761 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3762 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3763 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3764 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003765 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003766
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303767 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3768 Add support NAND boot
3769
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003770 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003771 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3772
3773 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3774 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3775
3776 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3777 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003778
3779 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003780 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003781
3782 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3783 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003784 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003785
3786 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3787 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3788 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3789
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003790 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3791 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003792
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003793 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3794 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003795
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003796 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3797 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003798
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003799 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3800 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3801
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003802 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3803 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003804
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003805 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3806 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3807
3808 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3809 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3810 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3811 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3812
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003813 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003814 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3815 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3816 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3817 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3818 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003819
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003820 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3821 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3822 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3823 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3824
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003825 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3826 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3827 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3828 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3829 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3830
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003831- TPL framework
3832 CONFIG_TPL
3833 Enable building of TPL globally.
3834
3835 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3836 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3837 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003838 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3839 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3840 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003841
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003842Modem Support:
3843--------------
3844
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003845[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003847- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003848 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3849
3850- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3851 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3852
3853- Modem debug support:
3854 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3855
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003856 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3857 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003858
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003859- Interrupt support (PPC):
3860
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003861 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3862 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003863 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003864 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003865 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003866 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003867 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003868 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3869 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3870 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003871
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003872- General:
3873
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003874 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3875 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3876 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003877 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003878 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3879 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3880 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003881
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003882 If there are no modem init strings in the
3883 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3884 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003885 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003886
3887 See also: doc/README.Modem
3888
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003889Board initialization settings:
3890------------------------------
3891
3892During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3893to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3894before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3895following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3896architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3897typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3898
3899- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3900- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3901- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3902- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003903
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003904Configuration Settings:
3905-----------------------
3906
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003907- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3908 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3909
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003910- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003911 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3912
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003913- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3914 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003916- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003917 prompt for user input.
3918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003919- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003920
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003921- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003922
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003923- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003924
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003925- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003926 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3927 booted
3928
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003929- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003930 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3931
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003932- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003933 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003935- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003936 If the board specific function
3937 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3938 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003939 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3940
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003941- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003942 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003943
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003944- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003945 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3946
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003947- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003948 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3949 simple memory test.
3950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003951- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003952 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003953
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003954- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003955 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3956 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3957
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003958- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3959 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003960 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003961 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003962 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3963 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3964 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003965 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003966 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003967 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003968
3969 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3970 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3971 be touched.
3972
3973 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3974 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3975 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3976 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3977 problems.
3978
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003979- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003980 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3981
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003982- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003983 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3984
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003985- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003986 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3987 Cogent motherboard)
3988
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003989- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003990 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3991
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003992- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003993 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3994 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003995 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003996 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003997
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003998- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003999 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
4000 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
4001 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
4002 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004003
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004004- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004005 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
4006
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06004007- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
4008 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
4009 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
4010 will become available before relocation. The address is just
4011 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
4012 space.
4013
4014 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
4015 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
4016 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004017 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06004018 U-Boot relocates itself.
4019
Simon Glasse7b14e92014-09-15 06:33:18 -06004020 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06004021 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
4022
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07004023- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
4024 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
4025 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
4026 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
4027
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07004028- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
4029 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
4030 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
4031 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
4032 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
4033 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
4034 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
4035 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
4036 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
4037 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
4038 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
4039 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
4040 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
4041 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
4042 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
4043 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
4044
4045 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
4046
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004047- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01004048 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
4049 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004050 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01004051 to adjust this setting to your needs.
4052
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004053- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004054 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
4055 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004056 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
4057 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004058 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004059 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004060 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004061 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
4062 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
4063 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004064
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06004065- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
4066 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
4067 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
4068 is enabled.
4069
4070- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
4071 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
4072 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4073
4074- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
4075 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4076 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004078- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004079 Max number of Flash memory banks
4080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004081- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004082 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4083
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004084- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004085 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4086
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004087- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004088 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004090- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004091 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4092
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004093- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004094 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004096- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004097 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4098 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4099
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004100- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004101
4102 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4103 without this option such a download has to be
4104 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4105 copy from RAM to flash.
4106
4107 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4108 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004109 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4110 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004111 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4112
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004113- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004114 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004115 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4116
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02004117- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004118 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4119 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004120
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01004121- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4122 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4123 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4124 to the MTD layer.
4125
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004126- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02004127 Use buffered writes to flash.
4128
4129- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4130 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4131 write commands.
4132
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004133- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01004134 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4135 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4136 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4137 optionally available.
4138
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05004139- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4140 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4141 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4142 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4143
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02004144- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4145 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4146 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4147 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4148 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4149 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4150 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4151 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4152
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004153- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004154 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4155 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004156 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4157 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004158 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004159 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4160
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004161- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4162
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02004163 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4164 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4165 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4166 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4167 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004168
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004169- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4170- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004171 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004172 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4173 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4174 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4175
4176 The format of the list is:
4177 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004178 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4179 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004180 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4181 list = entry[,list]
4182
4183 The type attributes are:
4184 s - String (default)
4185 d - Decimal
4186 x - Hexadecimal
4187 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4188 i - IP address
4189 m - MAC address
4190
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004191 The access attributes are:
4192 a - Any (default)
4193 r - Read-only
4194 o - Write-once
4195 c - Change-default
4196
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004197 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4198 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004199 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004200
4201 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4202 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4203 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4204 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4205 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4206 ".flags" variable.
4207
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004208- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4209 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4210 access flags.
4211
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004212- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4213 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4214 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4215 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4216 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4217 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
4218 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
4219 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
4220 your board please report the problem and send patches!
4221
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004222- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4223 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4224 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004225 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004226
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004227- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4228 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4229 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4230 building U-Boot to enable this.
4231
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004232The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4233of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4234following configurations:
4235
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004236- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4237
4238 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4239 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004241- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004242
4243 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4244
4245 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4246 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4247 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4248 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4249 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4250 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4251 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4252 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4253 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4254 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4255 between U-Boot and the environment.
4256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004257 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004258
4259 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4260 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4261 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4262 for this sector is given here.
4263
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004264 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004266 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267
4268 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4269 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004270 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004272 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273
4274 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4275
4276
4277 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4278 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4279 the environment.
4280
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004281 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004282
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004283 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004284 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004285 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4286 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4287
4288 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4289 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4290 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4291 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4292 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4293 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4294 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4295 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4296 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4297
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004298 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4299 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004301 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004302 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004303 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004304 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004305
4306BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4307source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4308accordingly!
4309
4310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004311- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004312
4313 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4314 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4315 environment.
4316
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004317 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4318 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004319
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004320 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4322 can just be read and written to, without any special
4323 provision.
4324
4325BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004326in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004327console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004328U-Boot will hang.
4329
4330Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4331environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4332keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4333to save the current settings.
4334
4335
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004336- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004337
4338 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4339 device and a driver for it.
4340
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004341 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4342 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004343
4344 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4345 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004347 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004348 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4349 The default address is zero.
4350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004351 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004352 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4353 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4354 would require six bits.
4355
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004356 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004357 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004358 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004359
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004360 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004361 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4362 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4363
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004364 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004365 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4366 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4367 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4368 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4369 byte chips.
4370
4371 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4372 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4373 in the chip address.
4374
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004375 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004376 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4377
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004378 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4379 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4380 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4381
4382 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4383 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4384 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4385 EEPROM. For example:
4386
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004387 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004388
4389 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4390 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004392- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004393
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004394 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004395 want to use for the environment.
4396
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004397 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4398 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4399 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004400
4401 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4402 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4403 at the specified address.
4404
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004405- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4406
4407 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4408 want to use for the environment.
4409
4410 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4411 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4412
4413 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4414 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4415 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4416
4417 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4418
4419 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4420
4421 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4422
4423 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4424 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4425 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4426 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4427 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4428
4429 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4430 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4431
4432 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4433
4434 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4435
4436 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4437
4438 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4439
4440 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4441
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004442- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4443
4444 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4445 want to use for the local device's environment.
4446
4447 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4448 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4449
4450 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4451 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4452 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004453 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004454
4455BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4456"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004457environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4458but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004459
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004460- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004461
4462 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4463 for the environment.
4464
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004465 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4466 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004467
4468 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004469 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4470 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004471
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004472 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004473
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004474 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004475 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4476 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004477 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004478 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004479
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004480 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4481
4482 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4483 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4484 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4485 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4486 the range to be avoided.
4487
4488 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4489
4490 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4491 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4492 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4493 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4494 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004495
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004496- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4497
4498 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4499 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4500 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4501
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004502- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4503
4504 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4505 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4506 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4507
4508 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4509
4510 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4511
4512 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4513
4514 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4515 environment in.
4516
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004517 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4518
4519 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4520 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4521 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4522
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004523 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4524 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4525
4526 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4527 when storing the env in UBI.
4528
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004529- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4530 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4531
4532 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4533
4534 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4535
4536 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4537
4538 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4539 be as following:
4540
4541 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4542 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4543 partition table.
4544 - "D:0": device D.
4545 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4546 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4547 table.
4548 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004549 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004550 partition table then means device D.
4551
4552 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4553
4554 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004555 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004556
4557 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004558 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004559
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004560- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4561
4562 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4563 environment.
4564
4565 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4566
4567 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4568
4569 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4570
4571 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4572 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4573 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4574
4575 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4576 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4577
4578 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4579 area within the specified MMC device.
4580
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004581 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4582 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4583 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4584 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4585 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4586 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4587 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4588
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004589 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4590 MMC sector boundary.
4591
4592 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4593
4594 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4595 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4596 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4597 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4598
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004599 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4600 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4601
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004602 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4603 an MMC sector boundary.
4604
4605 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4606
4607 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4608 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4609 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4610
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004611- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004612
4613 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4614 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4615 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4616 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4617 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4618 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4619 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4620
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004621Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004623created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004624until then to read environment variables.
4625
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004626The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4627is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4628with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4629necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4630"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4631have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004632
4633Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4634the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004635use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004636
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004637- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004638 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004639
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004640 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004641 also needs to be defined.
4642
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004643- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004644 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004645
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004646- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4647 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4648 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4649 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4650 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4651 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4652
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004653- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4654 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4655 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4656 to do this.
4657
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004658- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4659 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4660 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4661 present.
4662
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004663- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4664 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4665 build system checks that the actual size does not
4666 exceed it.
4667
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004668Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004669---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004670
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004671- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004672 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4673
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004674- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004676
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004677 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4678 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4679 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004681- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4682 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4683 PowerPC SOCs.
4684
4685- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4686 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4687 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4688
4689 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4690 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4691
4692- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4693 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4694 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004695 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004696 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4697 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4698 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4699
4700 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4701 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4702
4703- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004704 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4705 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004706 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4707 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4708
4709- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4710 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4711 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4712 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4713
4714- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4715 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4716 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4717
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004718- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004719 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004720
4721 the default drive number (default value 0)
4722
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004723 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004724
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004725 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004726 (default value 1)
4727
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004728 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004729
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004730 defines the offset of register from address. It
4731 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004732 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004733
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004734 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4735 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004736 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004738 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004739 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4740 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004741 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004742 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004743
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004744- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4745 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4746 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4747 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4748 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4749 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004750 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004751
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004752- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004753 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004754 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004756- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004758 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4760 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4761 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4762 will become available only after programming the
4763 memory controller and running certain initialization
4764 sequences.
4765
4766 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4767 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4768 - MPC824X: data cache
4769 - PPC4xx: data cache
4770
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004771- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004772
4773 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004774 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4775 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004776 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004777 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004778 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4779 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4780 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004781
4782 Note:
4783 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4784 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004785 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004786 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4787 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4788
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004789- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004791- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004792
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004793- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004795- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004796
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004797- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004799- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004801- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004802 SDRAM timing
4803
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004804- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004805 periodic timer for refresh
4806
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004807- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004809- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4810 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4811 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4812 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004813 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4814
4815- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004816 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4817 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004820- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4821 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4823 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004825- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4827 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4828
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004829- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004830 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4831 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4832
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004833- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004834 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4835 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4836
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004837- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004838 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4839 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4840 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004842- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004843 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4844 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4845 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4846 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004848- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4849 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4850 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4851 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4852 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4853 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4854 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4855 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004856 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004857
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004858- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4859 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4860 required.
4861
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004862- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004863 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004864 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4865 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4866 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4867 by coreboot or similar.
4868
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004869- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4870 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4871
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004872- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4873 Chip has SRIO or not
4874
4875- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4876 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4877
4878- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4879 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4880
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004881- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4882 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4883
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004884- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4885 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4886
4887- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4888 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4889
4890- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4891 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4892
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004893- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4894 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4895 a 16 bit bus.
4896 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004897 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004898 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004899 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004900
4901- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4902 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4903 a default value will be used.
4904
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004905- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004906 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4907 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4908
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004909 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4910 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004912- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004913 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4914 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4915 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004916
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004917- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4918 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4919 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4920 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4921 header files or board specific files.
4922
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004923- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4924 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4925
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004926- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004927 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4928 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004929
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004930- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4931 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4932
4933- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4934 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004935 to the given FEC; i. e.
4936 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004937 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4938
4939 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4940
4941- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4942 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4943 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4944
4945- CONFIG_RMII
4946 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4947 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4948 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4949
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004950- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4951 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4952 The syntax is:
4953
4954 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4955
4956 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4957 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4958 area should have.
4959
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004960- CONFIG_LOOPW
4961 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004962 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004963
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004964- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4965 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4966 "md/mw" commands.
4967 Examples:
4968
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004969 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004970 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4971
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004972 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004973 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4974
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004975 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004976 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004977
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004978- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004979 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004980 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4981 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4982 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004983
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004984 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4985 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4986 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4987 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004988
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004989- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004990 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4991 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4992 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004993
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004994- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4995 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4996 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4997 It is loaded by the SPL.
4998
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004999- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
5000 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
5001 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
5002 previous 4k of the .text section.
5003
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00005004- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
5005 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
5006 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
5007 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
5008 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
5009 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
5010 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
5011 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
5012
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00005013- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
5014 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
5015 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
5016 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
5017 conditions but may increase the binary size.
5018
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00005019- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
5020 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
5021 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00005022
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00005023- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
5024 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
5025
5026 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00005027
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01005028- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
5029 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
5030
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04005031- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
5032 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
5033 driver that uses this:
5034 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
5035
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005036Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
5037-----------------------------------
5038
5039The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
5040loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
5041This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5042are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5043within that device.
5044
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08005045- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
5046 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
5047 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5048 is also specified.
5049
5050- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
5051 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005052 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5053 is also specified.
5054
5055- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
5056 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5057 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5058 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5059 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5060
5061- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
5062 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5063 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5064 virtual address in NOR flash.
5065
5066- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5067 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5068 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5069
5070- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5071 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5072 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5073
5074- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5075 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5076 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5077
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00005078- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5079 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5080 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00005081 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5082 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5083 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005084
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07005085Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5086---------------------------------------------------------
5087The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5088"firmware".
5089This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5090are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5091within that device.
5092
5093- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5094 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5095
5096- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5097 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5098 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5099 is also specified.
5100
5101- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5102 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5103 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5104 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5105 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5106
5107- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5108 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5109 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5110 virtual address in NOR flash.
5111
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005112Building the Software:
5113======================
5114
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005115Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5116and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5117all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5118(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5119recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5120which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005122If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5123have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5124you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5125Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5126necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005128 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5129 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005130
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05005131Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5132 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5133 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5134 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5135
5136 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5137
5138 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5139 be executed on computers running Windows.
5140
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005141U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5142sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005143is done by typing:
5144
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005145 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005146
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005147where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005148rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5151 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5152 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5153 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005154 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005156 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005157 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005158
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005159 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005162 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005165Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5166images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005168- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5169- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5170- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005171
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005172By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5173in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5174this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5175
51761. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5177
5178 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005179 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005180 make O=/tmp/build all
5181
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020051822. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005183
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005184 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005185 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005186 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005187 make all
5188
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005189Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005190variable.
5191
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005193Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5194for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5195native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005196
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005197
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005198If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5199to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5200steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000052021. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005203 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5204 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000052052. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5206 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5207 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
52083. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5209 your board
52103. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5211 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020052124. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000052135. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5214 to be installed on your target system.
52156. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5216 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005217
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5220==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005221
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005222If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5223or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005224provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5225the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005226official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005227
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005228But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5229cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005230the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5231just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005232for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5233select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5234environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5235you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005237 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005241 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005242
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005243When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5244U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5245setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5246built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5247<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5248location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5249variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005250
5251 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5252 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5253 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5254
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005255With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5256log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5257during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005258
5259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005260See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005261
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005263Monitor Commands - Overview:
5264============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005266go - start application at address 'addr'
5267run - run commands in an environment variable
5268bootm - boot application image from memory
5269bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005270bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5272 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5273 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005274tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005275rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5276diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5277loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5278loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5279md - memory display
5280mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5281nm - memory modify (constant address)
5282mw - memory write (fill)
5283cp - memory copy
5284cmp - memory compare
5285crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005286i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005287sspi - SPI utility commands
5288base - print or set address offset
5289printenv- print environment variables
5290setenv - set environment variables
5291saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5292protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5293erase - erase FLASH memory
5294flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005295nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005296bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5297iminfo - print header information for application image
5298coninfo - print console devices and informations
5299ide - IDE sub-system
5300loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005301loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005302mtest - simple RAM test
5303icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5304dcache - enable or disable data cache
5305reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5306echo - echo args to console
5307version - print monitor version
5308help - print online help
5309? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005310
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5313========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005316
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005317For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005318
5319
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005320Environment Variables:
5321======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005322
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005323U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5324can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005326Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5327"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5328without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5329environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5330working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5331environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005332
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005333Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5334
5335List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005337 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005339 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005341 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005344
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005345 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005346
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005347 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5348 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5349 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5350 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5351 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5352 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005353 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5354 bootm_mapsize.
5355
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005356 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005357 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5358 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5359 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5360 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5361 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5362 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005363
5364 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5365 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5366 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5367 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5368 environment variable.
5369
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005370 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5371 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5372 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5373
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005374 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5375 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5376 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5377 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005378
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005379 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5380 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5381 be automatically started (by internally calling
5382 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5385 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5386 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5387 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5388 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005389
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005390 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5391 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005392 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5393 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5394 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5395 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5396 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5397 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5398 access it during the boot procedure.
5399
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005400 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5401 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5402 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5403 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5404 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5405 must be accessible by the kernel.
5406
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005407 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5408 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5409 defined.
5410
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005411 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5412 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5413 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5414 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5415 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005417 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5418 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5419 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5420 is usually what you want since it allows for
5421 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5422 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005423 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5425 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5426 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5427 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005429 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5430 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5431 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5432 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5433 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5434 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005436 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005438 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5439 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5440 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5441 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5442 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5443 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5444 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005448 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5449 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005451 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005453 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005454
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005455 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005456
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005457 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005459 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005460
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005461 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005462
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005463 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5464 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005465
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005466 => setenv ethact FEC
5467 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5468 => setenv ethact SCC
5469 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005470
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005471 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5472 available network interfaces.
5473 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5474
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005475 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005476 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5477 When set to "once" the network operation will
5478 fail when all the available network interfaces
5479 are tried once without success.
5480 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5481 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005482
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005483 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005484
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005485 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005486 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5487 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5488 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5489 is silent.
5490
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005491 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005492 UDP source port.
5493
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005494 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5495 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5496
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005497 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5498 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5499
5500 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5501 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5502 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5503 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5504 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5505 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5506 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5507
5508 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005509 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005511
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005512The following image location variables contain the location of images
5513used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5514not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5515variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5516server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5517loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5518flash or offset in NAND flash.
5519
5520*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5521boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5522boards use these variables for other purposes.
5523
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005524Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5525----- --------- ----------- --------------
5526u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5527Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5528device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5529ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005531The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5532updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5533depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005535 bootfile - see above
5536 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5537 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5538 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5539 hostname - Target hostname
5540 ipaddr - see above
5541 netmask - Subnet Mask
5542 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5543 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005544
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005546There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005548 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5549 as type string and/or serial number
5550 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005552These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5553the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5554once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005555
5556
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005557Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005558
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005559 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5560 with the "version" command. This variable is
5561 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005562
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005563
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005564Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5565only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005566
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005567
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005568Callback functions for environment variables:
5569---------------------------------------------
5570
5571For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005572when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005573be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5574deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5575effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5576
5577The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5578U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5579
5580These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5581static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5582in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5583associations. The list must be in the following format:
5584
5585 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5586 list = entry[,list]
5587
5588If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5589Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5590
5591Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5592with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5593override any association in the static list. You can define
5594CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005595".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005596
5597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005598Command Line Parsing:
5599=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005601There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5602the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005604Old, simple command line parser:
5605--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005607- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5608- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005609- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5611 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005612 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5614 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005616Hush shell:
5617-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005619- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5620 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5621 until...do...done, ...
5622- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5623 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5624 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5625 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005627General rules:
5628--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5631 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5632 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5633 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005634
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005635(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005636 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005637 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5638 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005640Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5641=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005642
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005643Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005644such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5645"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005647Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5648MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5649"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005651If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5652in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5653ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5654variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005656o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5657 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005659o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5660 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5661 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005663o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5664 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005666o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5667 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5668 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005670o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5671 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005672
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005673If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005674will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005675may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5676The naming convention is as follows:
5677"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005679Image Formats:
5680==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005681
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005682U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5683images in two formats:
5684
5685New uImage format (FIT)
5686-----------------------
5687
5688Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5689to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5690components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5691SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5692
5693
5694Old uImage format
5695-----------------
5696
5697Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5698preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5699details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5702 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005703 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5704 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5705 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005706* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005707 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5708 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005709* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5710* Load Address
5711* Entry Point
5712* Image Name
5713* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005714
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005715The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5716and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5717CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005718
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720Linux Support:
5721==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5724easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5725U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005727U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5728special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5729"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5730instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5731serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005733- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5734 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5735 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005737- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5738 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005739
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005740- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5741 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5742 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5743 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5744 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5745 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005747
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005748Linux HOWTO:
5749============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5752---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5755configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5756(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5757Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005758
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005759But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005761Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5762include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005763Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5764and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005765as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005766
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005767Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5768If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5769is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5770doc/driver-model.
5771
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005772
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005773Configuring the Linux kernel:
5774-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005775
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005776No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5777device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005778
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005780Building a Linux Image:
5781-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005783With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5784not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5785"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5786U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5787which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5788100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005791
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005792 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793 make oldconfig
5794 make dep
5795 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005796
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005797The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5798encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5799CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005801* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005803* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005804
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005805 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5806 -R .note -R .comment \
5807 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005811 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005815 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5816 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5817 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005818
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005820The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5821with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5822combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5823byte header containing information about target architecture,
5824operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5825stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005827"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5828print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005830In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5831contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5832checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005833
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005834 tools/mkimage -l image
5835 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005837The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5838from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005840 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5841 -n name -d data_file image
5842 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5843 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5844 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5845 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5846 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5847 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5848 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5849 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005850
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005851Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5852address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5853kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005855- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5856- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005858So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5861 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005862 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005863 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5864 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5865 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5866 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5867 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5868 Load Address: 0x00000000
5869 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005873 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5874 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5875 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5876 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5877 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5878 Load Address: 0x00000000
5879 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005880
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005881NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5882speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5883needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5884need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005885
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005886 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005887 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5888 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005889 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005890 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5891 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5892 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5893 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5894 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5895 Load Address: 0x00000000
5896 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005897
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005899Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5900when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005902 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5903 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5904 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5905 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5906 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5907 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5908 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5909 Load Address: 0x00000000
5910 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005911
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005912The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5913option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5914option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5915from the image:
5916
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005917 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5918 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5919 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5920 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005921
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005923Installing a Linux Image:
5924-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005926To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5927you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005929 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005931The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5932image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5933address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5934specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5935command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005937Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5938TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005940 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005942 .......... done
5943 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005945 => loads 40100000
5946 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5947 ~>examples/image.srec
5948 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5949 ...
5950 15989 15990 15991 15992
5951 [file transfer complete]
5952 [connected]
5953 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005954
5955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005956You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005957this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005958corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005960 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005962 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5963 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5964 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5965 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5966 Load Address: 00000000
5967 Entry Point: 0000000c
5968 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005969
5970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005971Boot Linux:
5972-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005974The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5975memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5976of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5977parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5978"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005979
5980
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005981 => printenv bootargs
5982 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005984 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005986 => printenv bootargs
5987 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005989 => bootm 40020000
5990 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5991 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5992 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5993 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5994 Load Address: 00000000
5995 Entry Point: 0000000c
5996 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5997 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5998 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5999 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
6000 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6001 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6002 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
6003 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006004
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006005If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006006the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
6007format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006009 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006011 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
6012 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6013 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6014 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6015 Load Address: 00000000
6016 Entry Point: 0000000c
6017 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006019 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
6020 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6021 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6022 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6023 Load Address: 00000000
6024 Entry Point: 00000000
6025 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006027 => bootm 40100000 40200000
6028 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
6029 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6030 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6031 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6032 Load Address: 00000000
6033 Entry Point: 0000000c
6034 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6035 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6036 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
6037 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6038 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6039 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6040 Load Address: 00000000
6041 Entry Point: 00000000
6042 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6043 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
6044 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6045 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6046 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6047 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6048 ...
6049 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6050 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006052 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006053
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006054Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6055-----------
6056
6057First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6058titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6059following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6060flat device tree:
6061
6062=> print oftaddr
6063oftaddr=0x300000
6064=> print oft
6065oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6066=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6067Speed: 1000, full duplex
6068Using TSEC0 device
6069TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6070Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6071Load address: 0x300000
6072Loading: #
6073done
6074Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6075=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6076Speed: 1000, full duplex
6077Using TSEC0 device
6078TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6079Filename 'uImage'.
6080Load address: 0x200000
6081Loading:############
6082done
6083Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6084=> print loadaddr
6085loadaddr=200000
6086=> print oftaddr
6087oftaddr=0x300000
6088=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6089## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006090 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6091 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6092 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006093 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006094 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006095 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6096 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6097Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6098Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6099Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6100[snip]
6101
6102
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006103More About U-Boot Image Types:
6104------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006106U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006108 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6109 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6110 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6111 the Standalone Program.
6112 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6113 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6114 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6115 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6116 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6117 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6118 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6119 being started.
6120 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6121 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6122 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6123 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6124 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6125 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006126
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006127 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6128 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6129 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6130 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6131 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6132 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006134 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6135 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6136 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006138 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6139 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6140 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6141 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006142
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006143Booting the Linux zImage:
6144-------------------------
6145
6146On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6147using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6148as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6149
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006150Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006151kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6152address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6153format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6154
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006156Standalone HOWTO:
6157=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006159One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6160run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6161U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006163Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006165"Hello World" Demo:
6166-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006167
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006168'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6169application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6170It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6171like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006173 => loads
6174 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6175 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6176 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6177 [file transfer complete]
6178 [connected]
6179 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006180
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006181 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6182 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6183 Hello World
6184 argc = 7
6185 argv[0] = "40004"
6186 argv[1] = "Hello"
6187 argv[2] = "World!"
6188 argv[3] = "This"
6189 argv[4] = "is"
6190 argv[5] = "a"
6191 argv[6] = "test."
6192 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6193 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006194
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006195 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006197Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6198handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6199Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6200The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6201character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6202controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006204 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6205 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6206 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6207 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006209 => loads
6210 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6211 ~>examples/timer.srec
6212 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6213 [file transfer complete]
6214 [connected]
6215 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006217 => go 40004
6218 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6219 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6220 Using timer 1
6221 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006223Hit 'b':
6224 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6225 Enabling timer
6226Hit '?':
6227 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6228 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6229Hit '?':
6230 [q, b, e, ?] .
6231 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6232Hit '?':
6233 [q, b, e, ?] .
6234 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6235Hit '?':
6236 [q, b, e, ?] .
6237 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6238Hit 'e':
6239 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6240Hit 'q':
6241 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006242
6243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006244Minicom warning:
6245================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006247Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6248"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6249consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6250Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6251especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006252use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6253http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6254for help with kermit.
6255
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006257Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6258configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006260 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6261 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6262 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006263
6264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006265NetBSD Notes:
6266=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006268Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6269(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006271Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6272NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6273need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6274Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6275attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6276missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006278 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6279 # mkdir powerpc
6280 # ln -s powerpc machine
6281 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6282 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006284Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6285and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006287Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6288stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6289proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6290tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006291meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006292
6293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006294Implementation Internals:
6295=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006296
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006297The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6298implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6299inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6300hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006301
6302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006303Initial Stack, Global Data:
6304---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006305
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006306The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6307starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6308system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6309This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6310is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6311at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6312options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6313models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6314MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6315locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006316
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006317 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006318 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006319
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006320 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6321 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6322 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6323 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006324
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006325 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6326 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6327 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6328 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6329 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006330 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006331 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6332 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006334 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6335 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006336 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006337 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6338 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6339 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6340 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006342 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006343 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6344 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006345 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006346 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6347 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6348 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6349 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6350 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006352 -Chris Hallinan
6353 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006355It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6356code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006358* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6359 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006360
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006361* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006362 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6363 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006364
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006365* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6366 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006368Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006369normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006370turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6371simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6372functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6373functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6374the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6375place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6376reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006378When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6379relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6380GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006381
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006382For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6383 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006384 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006385 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6386 R5-R10: parameter passing
6387 R13: small data area pointer
6388 R30: GOT pointer
6389 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006390
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006391 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6392 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6393 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006394
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006395 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006397 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6398 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6399 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6400 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6401 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6402 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006403
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006404On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006405 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6406
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006407 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006409On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006411 R0: function argument word/integer result
6412 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006413 R9: platform specific
6414 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006415 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6416 R12: temporary workspace
6417 R13: stack pointer
6418 R14: link register
6419 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006420
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006421 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6422
6423 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006424
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006425On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6426 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6427
6428 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6429
6430 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6431 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6432
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006433On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6434
6435 R0-R1: argument/return
6436 R2-R5: argument
6437 R15: temporary register for assembler
6438 R16: trampoline register
6439 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6440 R29: global pointer (GP)
6441 R30: link register (LP)
6442 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6443 PC: program counter (PC)
6444
6445 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6446
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006447NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6448or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006450Memory Management:
6451------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006453U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6454MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006456The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6457controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6458memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6459physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006461U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6462TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6463booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6464to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006465memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006466configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6467Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006469Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6470of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006471
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006472So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6473this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006475 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6476 :
6477 0x0000 1FFF
6478 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6479 :
6480 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006481
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006482 :
6483 :
6484 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6485 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6486 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6487 :
6488 0x00FD FFFF
6489 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6490 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6491 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6492 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006493
6494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006495System Initialization:
6496----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006497
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006498In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006499(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006500configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006501To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6502To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6503initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6504which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6505part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6506the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006508Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6509preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6510(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6511on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6512programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6513simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6514banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006516When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6517different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6518bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
65190x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6520contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006521
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006522Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6523and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6524Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6525pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006527Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6528until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6529running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6530new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006531
6532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006533U-Boot Porting Guide:
6534----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006536[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6537list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006538
6539
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006540int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006541{
6542 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006543
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006544 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6545 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006547 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006548 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006549 return 0;
6550 }
6551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006552 Download latest U-Boot source;
6553
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006554 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006555
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006556 if (clueless)
6557 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006558
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006559 while (learning) {
6560 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006561 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6562 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006563 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006564 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006565 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006566
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006567 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6568 Buy a BDI3000;
6569 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006570 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006571
6572 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6573 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6574 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6575 } else {
6576 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6577 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006578 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006579 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6580 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006581
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006582 while (!accepted) {
6583 while (!running) {
6584 do {
6585 Add / modify source code;
6586 } until (compiles);
6587 Debug;
6588 if (clueless)
6589 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6590 }
6591 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6592 if (reasonable critiques)
6593 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6594 else
6595 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006596 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006598 return 0;
6599}
6600
6601void no_more_time (int sig)
6602{
6603 hire_a_guru();
6604}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006605
6606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006607Coding Standards:
6608-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006610All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006611coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006612"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006613
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006614Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6615MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006616reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006617sources.
6618
6619Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6620Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6621in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006622
6623Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6624- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006625- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006626- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006627- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006628- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6629
6630Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6631with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006632
6633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006634Submitting Patches:
6635-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006637Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6638establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6639may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006640
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006641Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006642
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006643Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6644see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006646When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6647it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006649* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6650 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6651 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006653* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6654 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006656* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6657
6658* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6659
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006660* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6661 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006662
6663* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6664 document these in the README file.
6665
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006666* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6667 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006668 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006669 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6670 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006671
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006672 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6673 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6674 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006675
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006676 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6677 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6678 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6679 affected files).
6680
6681 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6682 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006683
6684* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6685 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6686
6687* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6688 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6689
6690
6691Notes:
6692
6693* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6694 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6695 for any of the boards.
6696
6697* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6698 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6699 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6700
6701* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6702 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6703 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6704 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6705 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6706 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006707
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006708* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6709 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6710 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6711 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.